sap returns authorization 2.7 installation guide

38
Installation Guide SAP Returns Authorization Document Version: 1.12 – 2016-10-20 CUSTOMER SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide Covering the Returns Authorization Server

Upload: others

Post on 04-May-2022

15 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization Document Version 112 ndash 2016-10-20

CUSTOMER

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide Covering the Returns Authorization Server

2

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Typographic Conventions

Typographic Conventions

Type Style Description

Example Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field names screen titles

pushbuttons labels menu names menu paths and menu options

Textual cross-references to other documents

Example Emphasized words or expressions

EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program names

transaction codes table names and key concepts of a programming language when they

are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE

Example Output on the screen This includes file and directory names and their paths messages

names of variables and parameters source text and names of installation upgrade and

database tools

Example Exact user entry These are words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as

they appear in the documentation

ltExamplegt Variable user entry Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words and characters

with appropriate entries to make entries in the system

EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard for example F2 or ENTER

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Document History

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 3

Document History

Version Date Change

111 2016-05-31 Updated the document template

112 2016-10-27 Added new technology currency support information

Added section 52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

4

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

1 Introduction 6 11 About this Document 6

111 Constraints 6 12 New Features 6 13 Before You Start 7 14 SAP Notes for the Installation 7 15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace 7 16 Naming Conventions 8

2 Planning 9 21 Determine Installation Architecture 9

3 Preparation 10 31 System Requirements 10

311 Hardware Requirements 10 312 Software Requirements 10 313 TCPIP Network 11 314 SAP POS 11 315 User Interface (Browser) 11

32 Additional Technical Requirements 11 321 File Transfer 12 322 Authorization Rules 12 323 Third-Party Software 12

4 Installation 13 41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559 13

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP 14 412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package 15 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources 15 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions 15 415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver 17 416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559 17 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe 20 418 Upgrade the Database 22

5 Post-Installation 23 51 Testing the Installation 23

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application 23 52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional) 24 53 Configuring the Common Data Load 25 54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key 25 55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent 26

551 SAP Notes 26 552 Installing SAP SMD Agents 26

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Table of Contents

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 5

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server 26 56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization 27

561 Backup returndb (Optional) 27 562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional) 27 563 Start the Uninstaller 27

6 Additional Information 29

7 Appendix 30 71 Legal Software Terms 30

6

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

1 Introduction

11 About this Document

Purpose

This document describes how to install the current version of the SAP Returns Authorization application It also

describes the procedure to upgrade from SAP Returns Authorization v27 to a newer build of v 27

Note

This guide does not describe the procedure for upgrading existing installations of SAP Returns

Authorization v 26 (or prior) to v 27 See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for that

procedure

SAP Returns Authorization is a centralized returns authorization processing application designed to work with the

SAP Point-of-Sale (SAP POS) application SAP Returns Authorization simplifies the returns and refunds process

and uses centralized transaction database and authorization software to help ensure that customers are refunded

the correct amount while recording a history of customer returns behavior

The database contains sale and return transactions pricing history and underlying business rules The

authorization component verifies return requests initiated at POS terminals in real time and generates return

approvals or referrals

111 Constraints

The procedures in this guide are based on the assumption that the application is running on a system that meets

or exceeds the minimum system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization This document also assumes that

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and IBM WebSphere 8559 32-bit are installed Your project team can assist you with

system requirements to support your installation

12 New Features

Although there are no major changes or additions to SAP Returns Authorization 27 the application can now use

diagnostic agents in SAP Solution Manager to monitor the host system and database and to accelerate problem

solving For more information see 55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 7

13 Before You Start

The following sections provide information about

SAP Notes for the Installation

Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Naming Conventions

14 SAP Notes for the Installation

You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain the most recent

information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentation

Make sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find at supportsapcom

SAP Note Number Title Description

1704653 Unexplained XA errors in RA Logs Distributed Transaction

Coordinator (DTC) settings for

distributed installation

1787006 POS Store Data Transfer for Retail

Server Configuration for Returns

Authorization

Returns Authorization is used by

SAP POS for authorizing returns

15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Information on the following areas is available on the SAP Service Marketplace

Documentation

Description Internet Address Title

Diagnostics httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home

End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis

page

General Quick Links

Description Internet Address

SAP Help Portal httphelpsapcom

SAP Notes httpssupportsapcom

Released platforms and operating systems httpservicesapcomplatforms

8

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

Description Internet Address

System sizing httpservicesapcomsizing and then choose

Sizing Guidelines rarr Industries rarr SAP POS Sizing

Front-end installation httpservicesapcominstguides

Security httpservicesapcomsecurity

16 Naming Conventions

Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply

Terminology

Not applicable to this release

Variables

Variable Description

ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters

ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters

ltOSgt Operating system name within a path

ltRA-HOMEgt SAP Returns Authorization home folder The

directory path where SAP Returns Authorization is

installed This is also referred to as the RA_HOME

ltWAS-HOMEgt IBM Websphere home folder This is the directory

path where IBM Websphere is installed This is also

referred to as the WAS_HOME environment variable

By default this is located at CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

64-bit OS or CProgram

FilesIBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

32-bit OS

The following examples show how the variables are used

Example

CltOSgtsystem32

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Planning

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 9

2 Planning

Process Flow

21 Determine Installation Architecture

21 Determine Installation Architecture

SAP Returns Authorization requires two major server components WebSphere Application Server and Microsoft

SQL Server These server components can be hosted on the same physical server or can be installed across

several servers

Many factors will influence your architecture decisions including sizing of your SAP Returns Authorization

installation and your own production environment practices Considerations at this stage include backup and

restore procedures load balancing and physical and network server security

It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with planning and architecture for all of the major server

components

For more information about installation planning see 31 System Requirements and 312 Software Requirements

The SAP Returns Authorization installer can be used to install the required database and application on separate

servers or on the same server However implementation of more advanced WebSphere and SQL Server

installations cannot be accomplished by the SAP Returns Authorization installer alone and will require

involvement from your own resources

10

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

3 Preparation

Process Flow

31 System Requirements

32 Additional Technical Requirements

31 System Requirements

The specifications given below are based on a typical implementation However because you can install the

application in different configuration combinations and the requirements of each retail environment can be

different you should use the specifications as a guideline only To determine if system performance is acceptable

for each configuration you must perform usability tests

Note

The operating system Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 is required to be installed on drive C and there

must be enough space on drive C for the additional required software The recommended requirements

are preferred for optimum application performance

311 Hardware Requirements

You must have a minimum of 2 GHz CPU 4GB RAM and disk space as required to support estimated client-

specific data requirements Minimum hardware requirements for each component should be combined for a

collapsed environment Installation

Note

The computer name must not contain underscores this causes problems with IBM WebSphere scripts If

you are planning to install the SMD agent the computer name must be 13 lower case alpha numeric

characters or less

312 Software Requirements

This section outlines the system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization 27 SP10 For an up-to-date list of

supported Operating Systems and Databases see httpsservicesapcomPAM

Ensure that you have the appropriate versions and service packs for the following

Scenario 1

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 2: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

2

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Typographic Conventions

Typographic Conventions

Type Style Description

Example Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field names screen titles

pushbuttons labels menu names menu paths and menu options

Textual cross-references to other documents

Example Emphasized words or expressions

EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program names

transaction codes table names and key concepts of a programming language when they

are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE

Example Output on the screen This includes file and directory names and their paths messages

names of variables and parameters source text and names of installation upgrade and

database tools

Example Exact user entry These are words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as

they appear in the documentation

ltExamplegt Variable user entry Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words and characters

with appropriate entries to make entries in the system

EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard for example F2 or ENTER

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Document History

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 3

Document History

Version Date Change

111 2016-05-31 Updated the document template

112 2016-10-27 Added new technology currency support information

Added section 52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

4

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

1 Introduction 6 11 About this Document 6

111 Constraints 6 12 New Features 6 13 Before You Start 7 14 SAP Notes for the Installation 7 15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace 7 16 Naming Conventions 8

2 Planning 9 21 Determine Installation Architecture 9

3 Preparation 10 31 System Requirements 10

311 Hardware Requirements 10 312 Software Requirements 10 313 TCPIP Network 11 314 SAP POS 11 315 User Interface (Browser) 11

32 Additional Technical Requirements 11 321 File Transfer 12 322 Authorization Rules 12 323 Third-Party Software 12

4 Installation 13 41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559 13

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP 14 412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package 15 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources 15 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions 15 415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver 17 416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559 17 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe 20 418 Upgrade the Database 22

5 Post-Installation 23 51 Testing the Installation 23

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application 23 52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional) 24 53 Configuring the Common Data Load 25 54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key 25 55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent 26

551 SAP Notes 26 552 Installing SAP SMD Agents 26

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Table of Contents

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 5

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server 26 56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization 27

561 Backup returndb (Optional) 27 562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional) 27 563 Start the Uninstaller 27

6 Additional Information 29

7 Appendix 30 71 Legal Software Terms 30

6

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

1 Introduction

11 About this Document

Purpose

This document describes how to install the current version of the SAP Returns Authorization application It also

describes the procedure to upgrade from SAP Returns Authorization v27 to a newer build of v 27

Note

This guide does not describe the procedure for upgrading existing installations of SAP Returns

Authorization v 26 (or prior) to v 27 See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for that

procedure

SAP Returns Authorization is a centralized returns authorization processing application designed to work with the

SAP Point-of-Sale (SAP POS) application SAP Returns Authorization simplifies the returns and refunds process

and uses centralized transaction database and authorization software to help ensure that customers are refunded

the correct amount while recording a history of customer returns behavior

The database contains sale and return transactions pricing history and underlying business rules The

authorization component verifies return requests initiated at POS terminals in real time and generates return

approvals or referrals

111 Constraints

The procedures in this guide are based on the assumption that the application is running on a system that meets

or exceeds the minimum system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization This document also assumes that

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and IBM WebSphere 8559 32-bit are installed Your project team can assist you with

system requirements to support your installation

12 New Features

Although there are no major changes or additions to SAP Returns Authorization 27 the application can now use

diagnostic agents in SAP Solution Manager to monitor the host system and database and to accelerate problem

solving For more information see 55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 7

13 Before You Start

The following sections provide information about

SAP Notes for the Installation

Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Naming Conventions

14 SAP Notes for the Installation

You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain the most recent

information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentation

Make sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find at supportsapcom

SAP Note Number Title Description

1704653 Unexplained XA errors in RA Logs Distributed Transaction

Coordinator (DTC) settings for

distributed installation

1787006 POS Store Data Transfer for Retail

Server Configuration for Returns

Authorization

Returns Authorization is used by

SAP POS for authorizing returns

15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Information on the following areas is available on the SAP Service Marketplace

Documentation

Description Internet Address Title

Diagnostics httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home

End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis

page

General Quick Links

Description Internet Address

SAP Help Portal httphelpsapcom

SAP Notes httpssupportsapcom

Released platforms and operating systems httpservicesapcomplatforms

8

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

Description Internet Address

System sizing httpservicesapcomsizing and then choose

Sizing Guidelines rarr Industries rarr SAP POS Sizing

Front-end installation httpservicesapcominstguides

Security httpservicesapcomsecurity

16 Naming Conventions

Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply

Terminology

Not applicable to this release

Variables

Variable Description

ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters

ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters

ltOSgt Operating system name within a path

ltRA-HOMEgt SAP Returns Authorization home folder The

directory path where SAP Returns Authorization is

installed This is also referred to as the RA_HOME

ltWAS-HOMEgt IBM Websphere home folder This is the directory

path where IBM Websphere is installed This is also

referred to as the WAS_HOME environment variable

By default this is located at CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

64-bit OS or CProgram

FilesIBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

32-bit OS

The following examples show how the variables are used

Example

CltOSgtsystem32

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Planning

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 9

2 Planning

Process Flow

21 Determine Installation Architecture

21 Determine Installation Architecture

SAP Returns Authorization requires two major server components WebSphere Application Server and Microsoft

SQL Server These server components can be hosted on the same physical server or can be installed across

several servers

Many factors will influence your architecture decisions including sizing of your SAP Returns Authorization

installation and your own production environment practices Considerations at this stage include backup and

restore procedures load balancing and physical and network server security

It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with planning and architecture for all of the major server

components

For more information about installation planning see 31 System Requirements and 312 Software Requirements

The SAP Returns Authorization installer can be used to install the required database and application on separate

servers or on the same server However implementation of more advanced WebSphere and SQL Server

installations cannot be accomplished by the SAP Returns Authorization installer alone and will require

involvement from your own resources

10

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

3 Preparation

Process Flow

31 System Requirements

32 Additional Technical Requirements

31 System Requirements

The specifications given below are based on a typical implementation However because you can install the

application in different configuration combinations and the requirements of each retail environment can be

different you should use the specifications as a guideline only To determine if system performance is acceptable

for each configuration you must perform usability tests

Note

The operating system Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 is required to be installed on drive C and there

must be enough space on drive C for the additional required software The recommended requirements

are preferred for optimum application performance

311 Hardware Requirements

You must have a minimum of 2 GHz CPU 4GB RAM and disk space as required to support estimated client-

specific data requirements Minimum hardware requirements for each component should be combined for a

collapsed environment Installation

Note

The computer name must not contain underscores this causes problems with IBM WebSphere scripts If

you are planning to install the SMD agent the computer name must be 13 lower case alpha numeric

characters or less

312 Software Requirements

This section outlines the system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization 27 SP10 For an up-to-date list of

supported Operating Systems and Databases see httpsservicesapcomPAM

Ensure that you have the appropriate versions and service packs for the following

Scenario 1

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 3: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Document History

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 3

Document History

Version Date Change

111 2016-05-31 Updated the document template

112 2016-10-27 Added new technology currency support information

Added section 52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

4

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

1 Introduction 6 11 About this Document 6

111 Constraints 6 12 New Features 6 13 Before You Start 7 14 SAP Notes for the Installation 7 15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace 7 16 Naming Conventions 8

2 Planning 9 21 Determine Installation Architecture 9

3 Preparation 10 31 System Requirements 10

311 Hardware Requirements 10 312 Software Requirements 10 313 TCPIP Network 11 314 SAP POS 11 315 User Interface (Browser) 11

32 Additional Technical Requirements 11 321 File Transfer 12 322 Authorization Rules 12 323 Third-Party Software 12

4 Installation 13 41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559 13

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP 14 412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package 15 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources 15 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions 15 415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver 17 416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559 17 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe 20 418 Upgrade the Database 22

5 Post-Installation 23 51 Testing the Installation 23

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application 23 52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional) 24 53 Configuring the Common Data Load 25 54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key 25 55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent 26

551 SAP Notes 26 552 Installing SAP SMD Agents 26

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Table of Contents

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 5

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server 26 56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization 27

561 Backup returndb (Optional) 27 562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional) 27 563 Start the Uninstaller 27

6 Additional Information 29

7 Appendix 30 71 Legal Software Terms 30

6

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

1 Introduction

11 About this Document

Purpose

This document describes how to install the current version of the SAP Returns Authorization application It also

describes the procedure to upgrade from SAP Returns Authorization v27 to a newer build of v 27

Note

This guide does not describe the procedure for upgrading existing installations of SAP Returns

Authorization v 26 (or prior) to v 27 See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for that

procedure

SAP Returns Authorization is a centralized returns authorization processing application designed to work with the

SAP Point-of-Sale (SAP POS) application SAP Returns Authorization simplifies the returns and refunds process

and uses centralized transaction database and authorization software to help ensure that customers are refunded

the correct amount while recording a history of customer returns behavior

The database contains sale and return transactions pricing history and underlying business rules The

authorization component verifies return requests initiated at POS terminals in real time and generates return

approvals or referrals

111 Constraints

The procedures in this guide are based on the assumption that the application is running on a system that meets

or exceeds the minimum system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization This document also assumes that

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and IBM WebSphere 8559 32-bit are installed Your project team can assist you with

system requirements to support your installation

12 New Features

Although there are no major changes or additions to SAP Returns Authorization 27 the application can now use

diagnostic agents in SAP Solution Manager to monitor the host system and database and to accelerate problem

solving For more information see 55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 7

13 Before You Start

The following sections provide information about

SAP Notes for the Installation

Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Naming Conventions

14 SAP Notes for the Installation

You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain the most recent

information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentation

Make sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find at supportsapcom

SAP Note Number Title Description

1704653 Unexplained XA errors in RA Logs Distributed Transaction

Coordinator (DTC) settings for

distributed installation

1787006 POS Store Data Transfer for Retail

Server Configuration for Returns

Authorization

Returns Authorization is used by

SAP POS for authorizing returns

15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Information on the following areas is available on the SAP Service Marketplace

Documentation

Description Internet Address Title

Diagnostics httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home

End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis

page

General Quick Links

Description Internet Address

SAP Help Portal httphelpsapcom

SAP Notes httpssupportsapcom

Released platforms and operating systems httpservicesapcomplatforms

8

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

Description Internet Address

System sizing httpservicesapcomsizing and then choose

Sizing Guidelines rarr Industries rarr SAP POS Sizing

Front-end installation httpservicesapcominstguides

Security httpservicesapcomsecurity

16 Naming Conventions

Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply

Terminology

Not applicable to this release

Variables

Variable Description

ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters

ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters

ltOSgt Operating system name within a path

ltRA-HOMEgt SAP Returns Authorization home folder The

directory path where SAP Returns Authorization is

installed This is also referred to as the RA_HOME

ltWAS-HOMEgt IBM Websphere home folder This is the directory

path where IBM Websphere is installed This is also

referred to as the WAS_HOME environment variable

By default this is located at CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

64-bit OS or CProgram

FilesIBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

32-bit OS

The following examples show how the variables are used

Example

CltOSgtsystem32

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Planning

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 9

2 Planning

Process Flow

21 Determine Installation Architecture

21 Determine Installation Architecture

SAP Returns Authorization requires two major server components WebSphere Application Server and Microsoft

SQL Server These server components can be hosted on the same physical server or can be installed across

several servers

Many factors will influence your architecture decisions including sizing of your SAP Returns Authorization

installation and your own production environment practices Considerations at this stage include backup and

restore procedures load balancing and physical and network server security

It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with planning and architecture for all of the major server

components

For more information about installation planning see 31 System Requirements and 312 Software Requirements

The SAP Returns Authorization installer can be used to install the required database and application on separate

servers or on the same server However implementation of more advanced WebSphere and SQL Server

installations cannot be accomplished by the SAP Returns Authorization installer alone and will require

involvement from your own resources

10

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

3 Preparation

Process Flow

31 System Requirements

32 Additional Technical Requirements

31 System Requirements

The specifications given below are based on a typical implementation However because you can install the

application in different configuration combinations and the requirements of each retail environment can be

different you should use the specifications as a guideline only To determine if system performance is acceptable

for each configuration you must perform usability tests

Note

The operating system Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 is required to be installed on drive C and there

must be enough space on drive C for the additional required software The recommended requirements

are preferred for optimum application performance

311 Hardware Requirements

You must have a minimum of 2 GHz CPU 4GB RAM and disk space as required to support estimated client-

specific data requirements Minimum hardware requirements for each component should be combined for a

collapsed environment Installation

Note

The computer name must not contain underscores this causes problems with IBM WebSphere scripts If

you are planning to install the SMD agent the computer name must be 13 lower case alpha numeric

characters or less

312 Software Requirements

This section outlines the system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization 27 SP10 For an up-to-date list of

supported Operating Systems and Databases see httpsservicesapcomPAM

Ensure that you have the appropriate versions and service packs for the following

Scenario 1

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 4: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

4

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

1 Introduction 6 11 About this Document 6

111 Constraints 6 12 New Features 6 13 Before You Start 7 14 SAP Notes for the Installation 7 15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace 7 16 Naming Conventions 8

2 Planning 9 21 Determine Installation Architecture 9

3 Preparation 10 31 System Requirements 10

311 Hardware Requirements 10 312 Software Requirements 10 313 TCPIP Network 11 314 SAP POS 11 315 User Interface (Browser) 11

32 Additional Technical Requirements 11 321 File Transfer 12 322 Authorization Rules 12 323 Third-Party Software 12

4 Installation 13 41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559 13

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP 14 412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package 15 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources 15 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions 15 415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver 17 416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559 17 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe 20 418 Upgrade the Database 22

5 Post-Installation 23 51 Testing the Installation 23

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application 23 52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional) 24 53 Configuring the Common Data Load 25 54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key 25 55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent 26

551 SAP Notes 26 552 Installing SAP SMD Agents 26

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Table of Contents

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 5

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server 26 56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization 27

561 Backup returndb (Optional) 27 562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional) 27 563 Start the Uninstaller 27

6 Additional Information 29

7 Appendix 30 71 Legal Software Terms 30

6

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

1 Introduction

11 About this Document

Purpose

This document describes how to install the current version of the SAP Returns Authorization application It also

describes the procedure to upgrade from SAP Returns Authorization v27 to a newer build of v 27

Note

This guide does not describe the procedure for upgrading existing installations of SAP Returns

Authorization v 26 (or prior) to v 27 See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for that

procedure

SAP Returns Authorization is a centralized returns authorization processing application designed to work with the

SAP Point-of-Sale (SAP POS) application SAP Returns Authorization simplifies the returns and refunds process

and uses centralized transaction database and authorization software to help ensure that customers are refunded

the correct amount while recording a history of customer returns behavior

The database contains sale and return transactions pricing history and underlying business rules The

authorization component verifies return requests initiated at POS terminals in real time and generates return

approvals or referrals

111 Constraints

The procedures in this guide are based on the assumption that the application is running on a system that meets

or exceeds the minimum system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization This document also assumes that

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and IBM WebSphere 8559 32-bit are installed Your project team can assist you with

system requirements to support your installation

12 New Features

Although there are no major changes or additions to SAP Returns Authorization 27 the application can now use

diagnostic agents in SAP Solution Manager to monitor the host system and database and to accelerate problem

solving For more information see 55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 7

13 Before You Start

The following sections provide information about

SAP Notes for the Installation

Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Naming Conventions

14 SAP Notes for the Installation

You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain the most recent

information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentation

Make sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find at supportsapcom

SAP Note Number Title Description

1704653 Unexplained XA errors in RA Logs Distributed Transaction

Coordinator (DTC) settings for

distributed installation

1787006 POS Store Data Transfer for Retail

Server Configuration for Returns

Authorization

Returns Authorization is used by

SAP POS for authorizing returns

15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Information on the following areas is available on the SAP Service Marketplace

Documentation

Description Internet Address Title

Diagnostics httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home

End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis

page

General Quick Links

Description Internet Address

SAP Help Portal httphelpsapcom

SAP Notes httpssupportsapcom

Released platforms and operating systems httpservicesapcomplatforms

8

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

Description Internet Address

System sizing httpservicesapcomsizing and then choose

Sizing Guidelines rarr Industries rarr SAP POS Sizing

Front-end installation httpservicesapcominstguides

Security httpservicesapcomsecurity

16 Naming Conventions

Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply

Terminology

Not applicable to this release

Variables

Variable Description

ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters

ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters

ltOSgt Operating system name within a path

ltRA-HOMEgt SAP Returns Authorization home folder The

directory path where SAP Returns Authorization is

installed This is also referred to as the RA_HOME

ltWAS-HOMEgt IBM Websphere home folder This is the directory

path where IBM Websphere is installed This is also

referred to as the WAS_HOME environment variable

By default this is located at CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

64-bit OS or CProgram

FilesIBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

32-bit OS

The following examples show how the variables are used

Example

CltOSgtsystem32

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Planning

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 9

2 Planning

Process Flow

21 Determine Installation Architecture

21 Determine Installation Architecture

SAP Returns Authorization requires two major server components WebSphere Application Server and Microsoft

SQL Server These server components can be hosted on the same physical server or can be installed across

several servers

Many factors will influence your architecture decisions including sizing of your SAP Returns Authorization

installation and your own production environment practices Considerations at this stage include backup and

restore procedures load balancing and physical and network server security

It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with planning and architecture for all of the major server

components

For more information about installation planning see 31 System Requirements and 312 Software Requirements

The SAP Returns Authorization installer can be used to install the required database and application on separate

servers or on the same server However implementation of more advanced WebSphere and SQL Server

installations cannot be accomplished by the SAP Returns Authorization installer alone and will require

involvement from your own resources

10

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

3 Preparation

Process Flow

31 System Requirements

32 Additional Technical Requirements

31 System Requirements

The specifications given below are based on a typical implementation However because you can install the

application in different configuration combinations and the requirements of each retail environment can be

different you should use the specifications as a guideline only To determine if system performance is acceptable

for each configuration you must perform usability tests

Note

The operating system Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 is required to be installed on drive C and there

must be enough space on drive C for the additional required software The recommended requirements

are preferred for optimum application performance

311 Hardware Requirements

You must have a minimum of 2 GHz CPU 4GB RAM and disk space as required to support estimated client-

specific data requirements Minimum hardware requirements for each component should be combined for a

collapsed environment Installation

Note

The computer name must not contain underscores this causes problems with IBM WebSphere scripts If

you are planning to install the SMD agent the computer name must be 13 lower case alpha numeric

characters or less

312 Software Requirements

This section outlines the system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization 27 SP10 For an up-to-date list of

supported Operating Systems and Databases see httpsservicesapcomPAM

Ensure that you have the appropriate versions and service packs for the following

Scenario 1

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 5: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Table of Contents

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 5

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server 26 56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization 27

561 Backup returndb (Optional) 27 562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional) 27 563 Start the Uninstaller 27

6 Additional Information 29

7 Appendix 30 71 Legal Software Terms 30

6

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

1 Introduction

11 About this Document

Purpose

This document describes how to install the current version of the SAP Returns Authorization application It also

describes the procedure to upgrade from SAP Returns Authorization v27 to a newer build of v 27

Note

This guide does not describe the procedure for upgrading existing installations of SAP Returns

Authorization v 26 (or prior) to v 27 See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for that

procedure

SAP Returns Authorization is a centralized returns authorization processing application designed to work with the

SAP Point-of-Sale (SAP POS) application SAP Returns Authorization simplifies the returns and refunds process

and uses centralized transaction database and authorization software to help ensure that customers are refunded

the correct amount while recording a history of customer returns behavior

The database contains sale and return transactions pricing history and underlying business rules The

authorization component verifies return requests initiated at POS terminals in real time and generates return

approvals or referrals

111 Constraints

The procedures in this guide are based on the assumption that the application is running on a system that meets

or exceeds the minimum system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization This document also assumes that

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and IBM WebSphere 8559 32-bit are installed Your project team can assist you with

system requirements to support your installation

12 New Features

Although there are no major changes or additions to SAP Returns Authorization 27 the application can now use

diagnostic agents in SAP Solution Manager to monitor the host system and database and to accelerate problem

solving For more information see 55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 7

13 Before You Start

The following sections provide information about

SAP Notes for the Installation

Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Naming Conventions

14 SAP Notes for the Installation

You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain the most recent

information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentation

Make sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find at supportsapcom

SAP Note Number Title Description

1704653 Unexplained XA errors in RA Logs Distributed Transaction

Coordinator (DTC) settings for

distributed installation

1787006 POS Store Data Transfer for Retail

Server Configuration for Returns

Authorization

Returns Authorization is used by

SAP POS for authorizing returns

15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Information on the following areas is available on the SAP Service Marketplace

Documentation

Description Internet Address Title

Diagnostics httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home

End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis

page

General Quick Links

Description Internet Address

SAP Help Portal httphelpsapcom

SAP Notes httpssupportsapcom

Released platforms and operating systems httpservicesapcomplatforms

8

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

Description Internet Address

System sizing httpservicesapcomsizing and then choose

Sizing Guidelines rarr Industries rarr SAP POS Sizing

Front-end installation httpservicesapcominstguides

Security httpservicesapcomsecurity

16 Naming Conventions

Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply

Terminology

Not applicable to this release

Variables

Variable Description

ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters

ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters

ltOSgt Operating system name within a path

ltRA-HOMEgt SAP Returns Authorization home folder The

directory path where SAP Returns Authorization is

installed This is also referred to as the RA_HOME

ltWAS-HOMEgt IBM Websphere home folder This is the directory

path where IBM Websphere is installed This is also

referred to as the WAS_HOME environment variable

By default this is located at CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

64-bit OS or CProgram

FilesIBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

32-bit OS

The following examples show how the variables are used

Example

CltOSgtsystem32

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Planning

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 9

2 Planning

Process Flow

21 Determine Installation Architecture

21 Determine Installation Architecture

SAP Returns Authorization requires two major server components WebSphere Application Server and Microsoft

SQL Server These server components can be hosted on the same physical server or can be installed across

several servers

Many factors will influence your architecture decisions including sizing of your SAP Returns Authorization

installation and your own production environment practices Considerations at this stage include backup and

restore procedures load balancing and physical and network server security

It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with planning and architecture for all of the major server

components

For more information about installation planning see 31 System Requirements and 312 Software Requirements

The SAP Returns Authorization installer can be used to install the required database and application on separate

servers or on the same server However implementation of more advanced WebSphere and SQL Server

installations cannot be accomplished by the SAP Returns Authorization installer alone and will require

involvement from your own resources

10

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

3 Preparation

Process Flow

31 System Requirements

32 Additional Technical Requirements

31 System Requirements

The specifications given below are based on a typical implementation However because you can install the

application in different configuration combinations and the requirements of each retail environment can be

different you should use the specifications as a guideline only To determine if system performance is acceptable

for each configuration you must perform usability tests

Note

The operating system Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 is required to be installed on drive C and there

must be enough space on drive C for the additional required software The recommended requirements

are preferred for optimum application performance

311 Hardware Requirements

You must have a minimum of 2 GHz CPU 4GB RAM and disk space as required to support estimated client-

specific data requirements Minimum hardware requirements for each component should be combined for a

collapsed environment Installation

Note

The computer name must not contain underscores this causes problems with IBM WebSphere scripts If

you are planning to install the SMD agent the computer name must be 13 lower case alpha numeric

characters or less

312 Software Requirements

This section outlines the system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization 27 SP10 For an up-to-date list of

supported Operating Systems and Databases see httpsservicesapcomPAM

Ensure that you have the appropriate versions and service packs for the following

Scenario 1

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 6: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

6

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

1 Introduction

11 About this Document

Purpose

This document describes how to install the current version of the SAP Returns Authorization application It also

describes the procedure to upgrade from SAP Returns Authorization v27 to a newer build of v 27

Note

This guide does not describe the procedure for upgrading existing installations of SAP Returns

Authorization v 26 (or prior) to v 27 See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for that

procedure

SAP Returns Authorization is a centralized returns authorization processing application designed to work with the

SAP Point-of-Sale (SAP POS) application SAP Returns Authorization simplifies the returns and refunds process

and uses centralized transaction database and authorization software to help ensure that customers are refunded

the correct amount while recording a history of customer returns behavior

The database contains sale and return transactions pricing history and underlying business rules The

authorization component verifies return requests initiated at POS terminals in real time and generates return

approvals or referrals

111 Constraints

The procedures in this guide are based on the assumption that the application is running on a system that meets

or exceeds the minimum system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization This document also assumes that

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and IBM WebSphere 8559 32-bit are installed Your project team can assist you with

system requirements to support your installation

12 New Features

Although there are no major changes or additions to SAP Returns Authorization 27 the application can now use

diagnostic agents in SAP Solution Manager to monitor the host system and database and to accelerate problem

solving For more information see 55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 7

13 Before You Start

The following sections provide information about

SAP Notes for the Installation

Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Naming Conventions

14 SAP Notes for the Installation

You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain the most recent

information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentation

Make sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find at supportsapcom

SAP Note Number Title Description

1704653 Unexplained XA errors in RA Logs Distributed Transaction

Coordinator (DTC) settings for

distributed installation

1787006 POS Store Data Transfer for Retail

Server Configuration for Returns

Authorization

Returns Authorization is used by

SAP POS for authorizing returns

15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Information on the following areas is available on the SAP Service Marketplace

Documentation

Description Internet Address Title

Diagnostics httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home

End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis

page

General Quick Links

Description Internet Address

SAP Help Portal httphelpsapcom

SAP Notes httpssupportsapcom

Released platforms and operating systems httpservicesapcomplatforms

8

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

Description Internet Address

System sizing httpservicesapcomsizing and then choose

Sizing Guidelines rarr Industries rarr SAP POS Sizing

Front-end installation httpservicesapcominstguides

Security httpservicesapcomsecurity

16 Naming Conventions

Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply

Terminology

Not applicable to this release

Variables

Variable Description

ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters

ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters

ltOSgt Operating system name within a path

ltRA-HOMEgt SAP Returns Authorization home folder The

directory path where SAP Returns Authorization is

installed This is also referred to as the RA_HOME

ltWAS-HOMEgt IBM Websphere home folder This is the directory

path where IBM Websphere is installed This is also

referred to as the WAS_HOME environment variable

By default this is located at CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

64-bit OS or CProgram

FilesIBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

32-bit OS

The following examples show how the variables are used

Example

CltOSgtsystem32

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Planning

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 9

2 Planning

Process Flow

21 Determine Installation Architecture

21 Determine Installation Architecture

SAP Returns Authorization requires two major server components WebSphere Application Server and Microsoft

SQL Server These server components can be hosted on the same physical server or can be installed across

several servers

Many factors will influence your architecture decisions including sizing of your SAP Returns Authorization

installation and your own production environment practices Considerations at this stage include backup and

restore procedures load balancing and physical and network server security

It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with planning and architecture for all of the major server

components

For more information about installation planning see 31 System Requirements and 312 Software Requirements

The SAP Returns Authorization installer can be used to install the required database and application on separate

servers or on the same server However implementation of more advanced WebSphere and SQL Server

installations cannot be accomplished by the SAP Returns Authorization installer alone and will require

involvement from your own resources

10

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

3 Preparation

Process Flow

31 System Requirements

32 Additional Technical Requirements

31 System Requirements

The specifications given below are based on a typical implementation However because you can install the

application in different configuration combinations and the requirements of each retail environment can be

different you should use the specifications as a guideline only To determine if system performance is acceptable

for each configuration you must perform usability tests

Note

The operating system Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 is required to be installed on drive C and there

must be enough space on drive C for the additional required software The recommended requirements

are preferred for optimum application performance

311 Hardware Requirements

You must have a minimum of 2 GHz CPU 4GB RAM and disk space as required to support estimated client-

specific data requirements Minimum hardware requirements for each component should be combined for a

collapsed environment Installation

Note

The computer name must not contain underscores this causes problems with IBM WebSphere scripts If

you are planning to install the SMD agent the computer name must be 13 lower case alpha numeric

characters or less

312 Software Requirements

This section outlines the system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization 27 SP10 For an up-to-date list of

supported Operating Systems and Databases see httpsservicesapcomPAM

Ensure that you have the appropriate versions and service packs for the following

Scenario 1

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 7: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 7

13 Before You Start

The following sections provide information about

SAP Notes for the Installation

Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Naming Conventions

14 SAP Notes for the Installation

You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain the most recent

information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentation

Make sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find at supportsapcom

SAP Note Number Title Description

1704653 Unexplained XA errors in RA Logs Distributed Transaction

Coordinator (DTC) settings for

distributed installation

1787006 POS Store Data Transfer for Retail

Server Configuration for Returns

Authorization

Returns Authorization is used by

SAP POS for authorizing returns

15 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace

Information on the following areas is available on the SAP Service Marketplace

Documentation

Description Internet Address Title

Diagnostics httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home

End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis

page

General Quick Links

Description Internet Address

SAP Help Portal httphelpsapcom

SAP Notes httpssupportsapcom

Released platforms and operating systems httpservicesapcomplatforms

8

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

Description Internet Address

System sizing httpservicesapcomsizing and then choose

Sizing Guidelines rarr Industries rarr SAP POS Sizing

Front-end installation httpservicesapcominstguides

Security httpservicesapcomsecurity

16 Naming Conventions

Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply

Terminology

Not applicable to this release

Variables

Variable Description

ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters

ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters

ltOSgt Operating system name within a path

ltRA-HOMEgt SAP Returns Authorization home folder The

directory path where SAP Returns Authorization is

installed This is also referred to as the RA_HOME

ltWAS-HOMEgt IBM Websphere home folder This is the directory

path where IBM Websphere is installed This is also

referred to as the WAS_HOME environment variable

By default this is located at CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

64-bit OS or CProgram

FilesIBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

32-bit OS

The following examples show how the variables are used

Example

CltOSgtsystem32

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Planning

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 9

2 Planning

Process Flow

21 Determine Installation Architecture

21 Determine Installation Architecture

SAP Returns Authorization requires two major server components WebSphere Application Server and Microsoft

SQL Server These server components can be hosted on the same physical server or can be installed across

several servers

Many factors will influence your architecture decisions including sizing of your SAP Returns Authorization

installation and your own production environment practices Considerations at this stage include backup and

restore procedures load balancing and physical and network server security

It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with planning and architecture for all of the major server

components

For more information about installation planning see 31 System Requirements and 312 Software Requirements

The SAP Returns Authorization installer can be used to install the required database and application on separate

servers or on the same server However implementation of more advanced WebSphere and SQL Server

installations cannot be accomplished by the SAP Returns Authorization installer alone and will require

involvement from your own resources

10

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

3 Preparation

Process Flow

31 System Requirements

32 Additional Technical Requirements

31 System Requirements

The specifications given below are based on a typical implementation However because you can install the

application in different configuration combinations and the requirements of each retail environment can be

different you should use the specifications as a guideline only To determine if system performance is acceptable

for each configuration you must perform usability tests

Note

The operating system Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 is required to be installed on drive C and there

must be enough space on drive C for the additional required software The recommended requirements

are preferred for optimum application performance

311 Hardware Requirements

You must have a minimum of 2 GHz CPU 4GB RAM and disk space as required to support estimated client-

specific data requirements Minimum hardware requirements for each component should be combined for a

collapsed environment Installation

Note

The computer name must not contain underscores this causes problems with IBM WebSphere scripts If

you are planning to install the SMD agent the computer name must be 13 lower case alpha numeric

characters or less

312 Software Requirements

This section outlines the system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization 27 SP10 For an up-to-date list of

supported Operating Systems and Databases see httpsservicesapcomPAM

Ensure that you have the appropriate versions and service packs for the following

Scenario 1

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 8: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

8

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Introduction

Description Internet Address

System sizing httpservicesapcomsizing and then choose

Sizing Guidelines rarr Industries rarr SAP POS Sizing

Front-end installation httpservicesapcominstguides

Security httpservicesapcomsecurity

16 Naming Conventions

Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply

Terminology

Not applicable to this release

Variables

Variable Description

ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters

ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters

ltOSgt Operating system name within a path

ltRA-HOMEgt SAP Returns Authorization home folder The

directory path where SAP Returns Authorization is

installed This is also referred to as the RA_HOME

ltWAS-HOMEgt IBM Websphere home folder This is the directory

path where IBM Websphere is installed This is also

referred to as the WAS_HOME environment variable

By default this is located at CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

64-bit OS or CProgram

FilesIBMWebSphereAppServer folder for the

32-bit OS

The following examples show how the variables are used

Example

CltOSgtsystem32

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Planning

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 9

2 Planning

Process Flow

21 Determine Installation Architecture

21 Determine Installation Architecture

SAP Returns Authorization requires two major server components WebSphere Application Server and Microsoft

SQL Server These server components can be hosted on the same physical server or can be installed across

several servers

Many factors will influence your architecture decisions including sizing of your SAP Returns Authorization

installation and your own production environment practices Considerations at this stage include backup and

restore procedures load balancing and physical and network server security

It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with planning and architecture for all of the major server

components

For more information about installation planning see 31 System Requirements and 312 Software Requirements

The SAP Returns Authorization installer can be used to install the required database and application on separate

servers or on the same server However implementation of more advanced WebSphere and SQL Server

installations cannot be accomplished by the SAP Returns Authorization installer alone and will require

involvement from your own resources

10

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

3 Preparation

Process Flow

31 System Requirements

32 Additional Technical Requirements

31 System Requirements

The specifications given below are based on a typical implementation However because you can install the

application in different configuration combinations and the requirements of each retail environment can be

different you should use the specifications as a guideline only To determine if system performance is acceptable

for each configuration you must perform usability tests

Note

The operating system Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 is required to be installed on drive C and there

must be enough space on drive C for the additional required software The recommended requirements

are preferred for optimum application performance

311 Hardware Requirements

You must have a minimum of 2 GHz CPU 4GB RAM and disk space as required to support estimated client-

specific data requirements Minimum hardware requirements for each component should be combined for a

collapsed environment Installation

Note

The computer name must not contain underscores this causes problems with IBM WebSphere scripts If

you are planning to install the SMD agent the computer name must be 13 lower case alpha numeric

characters or less

312 Software Requirements

This section outlines the system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization 27 SP10 For an up-to-date list of

supported Operating Systems and Databases see httpsservicesapcomPAM

Ensure that you have the appropriate versions and service packs for the following

Scenario 1

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 9: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Planning

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 9

2 Planning

Process Flow

21 Determine Installation Architecture

21 Determine Installation Architecture

SAP Returns Authorization requires two major server components WebSphere Application Server and Microsoft

SQL Server These server components can be hosted on the same physical server or can be installed across

several servers

Many factors will influence your architecture decisions including sizing of your SAP Returns Authorization

installation and your own production environment practices Considerations at this stage include backup and

restore procedures load balancing and physical and network server security

It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with planning and architecture for all of the major server

components

For more information about installation planning see 31 System Requirements and 312 Software Requirements

The SAP Returns Authorization installer can be used to install the required database and application on separate

servers or on the same server However implementation of more advanced WebSphere and SQL Server

installations cannot be accomplished by the SAP Returns Authorization installer alone and will require

involvement from your own resources

10

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

3 Preparation

Process Flow

31 System Requirements

32 Additional Technical Requirements

31 System Requirements

The specifications given below are based on a typical implementation However because you can install the

application in different configuration combinations and the requirements of each retail environment can be

different you should use the specifications as a guideline only To determine if system performance is acceptable

for each configuration you must perform usability tests

Note

The operating system Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 is required to be installed on drive C and there

must be enough space on drive C for the additional required software The recommended requirements

are preferred for optimum application performance

311 Hardware Requirements

You must have a minimum of 2 GHz CPU 4GB RAM and disk space as required to support estimated client-

specific data requirements Minimum hardware requirements for each component should be combined for a

collapsed environment Installation

Note

The computer name must not contain underscores this causes problems with IBM WebSphere scripts If

you are planning to install the SMD agent the computer name must be 13 lower case alpha numeric

characters or less

312 Software Requirements

This section outlines the system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization 27 SP10 For an up-to-date list of

supported Operating Systems and Databases see httpsservicesapcomPAM

Ensure that you have the appropriate versions and service packs for the following

Scenario 1

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 10: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

10

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

3 Preparation

Process Flow

31 System Requirements

32 Additional Technical Requirements

31 System Requirements

The specifications given below are based on a typical implementation However because you can install the

application in different configuration combinations and the requirements of each retail environment can be

different you should use the specifications as a guideline only To determine if system performance is acceptable

for each configuration you must perform usability tests

Note

The operating system Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 is required to be installed on drive C and there

must be enough space on drive C for the additional required software The recommended requirements

are preferred for optimum application performance

311 Hardware Requirements

You must have a minimum of 2 GHz CPU 4GB RAM and disk space as required to support estimated client-

specific data requirements Minimum hardware requirements for each component should be combined for a

collapsed environment Installation

Note

The computer name must not contain underscores this causes problems with IBM WebSphere scripts If

you are planning to install the SMD agent the computer name must be 13 lower case alpha numeric

characters or less

312 Software Requirements

This section outlines the system requirements for SAP Returns Authorization 27 SP10 For an up-to-date list of

supported Operating Systems and Databases see httpsservicesapcomPAM

Ensure that you have the appropriate versions and service packs for the following

Scenario 1

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 11: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 11

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (64-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

Scenario 2

Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2 (64-bit)

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 database (32-bit)

IBM WebSphere version 8559 (32-bit)

Java Standard Edition SE8 (32-bit)

313 TCPIP Network

A private TCPIP network is assumed to be available Application-to-application messages use the TCPIP

sockets application programming interface (API)

314 SAP POS

SAP Returns Authorization belongs to the SAP POS suite of software components and is typically installed in

conjunction with other components in the suite The SAP Point-of-Sale component is used to initiate the refund

transactions which SAP Returns Authorization authorizes SAP POS Store Data Transfer for Retail provides the

necessary communications layer between the SAP Point-of-Sale and SAP Returns Authorization

For more information about planning and installation see the separate Installation Guides for these components

in the SAP POS suite

315 User Interface (Browser)

You can use either Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox as your Web browser

32 Additional Technical Requirements

The following additional systems-related infrastructure is required to support the SAP Returns Authorization

application

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 12: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

12

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Preparation

321 File Transfer

The transaction files used by the batch part of refund authorization must be transferred to the server where the

loading programs run (or an available networked drive) SAP can assist you in building the file transfer scripts (or

command files or job control language [JCL])

322 Authorization Rules

If your business rules change you may need to change the authorization rules in SAP Returns Authorization

323 Third-Party Software

To support SAP Returns Authorization you must acquire the following third-party software available from the

locations listed below

Software URL

Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 httpwwwmicrosoftcom

Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package httpwwwmicrosoftcom

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 13: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 13

4 Installation

Use

You use the installation procedure in the following situations

You are installing SAP Returns Authorization for the first time

You are upgrading an existing installation of SAP Returns Authorization version 27 or above to a later build

or version of SAP Returns Authorization For more information see 417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Caution

When upgrading from SAP Returns Authorization 25 you must perform a full installation Do not choose

to upgrade while using the installation tool it does not yield the expected results

When upgrading from an earlier version do not choose the directory where your original installation

resides

Process Flow

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere

41 Deploying SAP Returns Authorization to WebSphere 8559

Procedure

To deploy the application to WebSphere 8559 perform the following activities in this sequence

Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enable TCPIP

Install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

Install or update XA Data Sources

Prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Install JDK and JRE

Install IBM WebSphere 8559

Start Returns AuthorizationExe

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 14: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

14

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

411 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and Enabling TCPIP

4111 Installing Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Procedure

If there is an older version of Microsoft SQL Server on the target server it must be uninstalled

Obtain Microsoft SQL Server 2012 (you can obtain this separately from the Microsoft Web site)

To begin the installation setup process execute the setupexe file

Microsoft SQL Server may install its own prerequisites and support files Let that process proceed

During the system configuration check if you receive a warning that IIS is not installed you can safely ignore

this message

In Components to Install choose SQL Server Database Services rarr Client Tools Connectivity rarr Integration

Services rarr Management Tools Complete and then choose Next

Choose Default Instance and then choose Next

Choose Use the Built-in System Account in Start Services at the end of the Setup section and make sure that

SQL Server is checked

Complete the installation screens using the default settings except as follows

o On the Authentication Mode window choose Mixed Mode and enter your desired password

o On the Collation Settings window select Latin 1

For Microsoft Server SQL 2012 execute the Setupexe file

If not already selected choose Apply selection to all instances

Change authentication from Windows authentication to SQL Authentication

Enter the password for the sa user that was chosen during the original installation process and choose Next

To continue choose Next and allow the service pack installation to complete

4112 Enabling TCPIP

Procedure

When the service pack installation is complete you must enable TCPIP By default TCPIP is disabled for

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

On the desktop choose Start rarr All Programs and then choose Microsoft SQL Server rarr Configuration Tools

rarr SQL Server Configuration Manager

Click + (plus sign) next to SQL Server Network Configuration

This displays the protocols for MSSQLSERVER

Click Protocols for MSSQLSERVER and in the right panel double-click TCPIP

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 15: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 15

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

To enable Named Pipes in the right panel double-click Named Pipes

Change the dropdown box on the top from No to Yes and choose OK

For this change to take effect you must restart Microsoft SQL Server

412 Installing the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package

For Windows 2012 (64-bit OS) download and run the vcredist_x64 as the administrator

413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Use this procedure to support Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) XA transactions

Note

For a 64 bit version server with 64 bit MSSQL use the 64 bit version of the sqljdbc_xadll

Prerequisites

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and enabled TCPIP

You have installed Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver 4

Procedure

Follow the instructions provided by Microsoft SQL Server JDBC Driver version 4 installation package

414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Prior to installing SAP Returns Authorization you must prepare Microsoft SQL Server for XA transactions

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 16: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

16

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Copied the sqljdbc_xadll and the xa_installsql files to the CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinn folderExecuted the xa_installsql against the master

database (You can ignore the message Error ndash Cannot drop the procedure lsquoxp_sqljdbc_xa_initrsquo because it

does not exist or you do not have permission)

4141 Setting up Support for XA Transactions

Depending on the components installed you may need to set up support for XA transactions

Procedure

On the desktop choose Start rarr Settings rarr Control Panel

Double-click Administrative Tools and then Component Services

To locate the computer in the tree panel for example My Computer choose Console Root rarr Component

Services rarr Computers

Choose the computer name

Choose Distributed Transaction Coordinator

Right click Local DTC and then select Properties

Choose the Security tab and select Enable XA Transactions

4142 Creating a Registry Name-Value Pair

Procedure

Use your registry editor and navigate to the registry key named

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTCXADLL

If XADLL does not exist as a registry sub-key underneath

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftMSDTC right-click on MSDTC choose New rarr Key and name

the sub-key XADLL

Create a new registry name-value pair in XADLL as follows

o Right-click on XADLL

o Choose New rarr String Value (REG_SZ)

o Rename New Value 1 to sqljdbc_xadll

o Double-click the newly created name sqljdbc_xadll field and fill the value field using the following

value CProgram FilesMicrosoft SQL

ServerMSSQL11MSSQLSERVERMSSQLBinnsqljdbc_xadll

Choose OK

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 17: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 17

415 Installing JDK and JRE and SQL Server JDBC Driver

Note

Only Java SE8 32-bit is supported for this installation Both JDK and JRE must be installed By default the

standard manual installation of JDK installs JRESAP recommends using JDK v 17067

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Procedure

Install the Java SE8 32-bit Development Kit and Runtime Environment using the default options

Define a system environment variable called JAVA_HOME with the value for example CProgram Files

(x86)Javajdk (Version) If a different version of JDK is installed use that file name for the value

instead

Locate and copy the lttempgtsqljdbc_40enusqljdbc4jar file lttempgt is the temporary folder from

section 413 Installing or Updating XA Data Sources

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Java

jdk(Version)jre7libext (or wherever the JDK has been installed)

Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files (x86)Javajre7libext (or wherever

the JRE 17 is installed)

416 Installing IBM WebSphere Application Server 8559

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE 8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 18: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

18

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Procedure

Follow the IBM WebSphere V8559 (32-bit) Installation Guide You do not need to create any profiles If the

installer begins to create one you can opt to stop the creation of the profile

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSEQTP_855comibmwebspherebaseiseriesdocae

welcome_baseihtml

or

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenter

Install the optional JDK 7 for WEBsphere

Define a system environment variable called WAS_HOME with the value CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebsphereAppServer or CProgram Files x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer1

depending on your WebSphere installation This environment variable points to a directory that contains a

bin subdirectory and a runtimessubdirectory The bin subdirectory contains a batch file called

EARExpanderbat The SAP Returns Authorization installation program locates this batch file using this

environment variable If you installed WebSphere in a location other than CProgram Files (x86)IBM

then use the actual location of your WebSphere installation in the value of this environment variable

Check the version of WebSphere running versionInfobat from the command prompt The default

location of this batch file is CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)binversionInfobat (or wherever the WAS 859 is installed)

Running this command displays the version information as Version 8559

Caution

Do not use short path names with ~ in the system environment variable WAS_HOME

Use the full folder path name like CProgram Files (x86) instead of CProgra~2

The file IBMSecureRandomjar is placed in the folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext during IBM WebSphere

Installation

Steps required

o Make sure that IBMSecureRandomjar is in jrelibext folder

o Edit the following file jrelibsecurityjavasecurity

o Insert the IBM SecureRandom provider into the list before the IBM JCE provider

Example

securityprovider12=comibmsecurerandomproviderIBMSecureRandom

securityprovider13=comibmcryptoproviderIBMJCE hellip

o Save the file

For more information about IBM SecureRandom provider see the following links

IBM JDK 7

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_700comibmjavasecuritycomponent70docsecu

rity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 19: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 19

IBM JDK 71

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_710comibmjavasecuritycomponent71docsecur

ity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

IBM JDK 8

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSYKE2_800comibmjavasecuritycomponent80docsec

urity-componentibmsecurerandomibmsecurerandomhtml

Enable IBM Websphere to use Java7

For information on installing Java 7x on WebSphere Application Server 855 see

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebsphereinstallationnddocaetin

s_installation_jdk7html

More Information

httpswwwibmcomdeveloperworkscommunityblogsaimsupportentryinstalling_optional_java_7_x_on_

websphere_application_server_8_5_0_0lang=en

httpwwwibmcomdeveloperworkswebspheretechjournal1209_hall1209_hallhtml

Check if you are still using the Java 6

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

The file will contain a line like the one below

Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 160 Java Runtime Version = pwa6460_26sr8fp20-20160111_01 (SR8 FP20)

Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

The above indicates it is running JAVA 16

Follow the steps below to enable it to run JAVA 17

Check available SDK

CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbingtmanagesdkbat ndashlistAvailable

If you get the output below you can continue

CWSDK1003I Available SDKs

CWSDK1005I SDK name 16_64

CWSDK1005I SDK name 17_64

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 20: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

20

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

Enable available SDK for Java 17 64

In the same folder CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerbin and run the command

managesdkbat -enableProfileAll -sdkname 17_64 ndashenableServers

The result should look like the following

CWSDK1017I Profile AppSrv01 now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1017I Profile EXPRESSRETURNS now enabled to use SDK 17_32

CWSDK1001I Successfully performed the requested managesdk task

Restart the IBM Websphere Application Server

Start the Windows services application Stop and restart the IBMWAS85Service - hellipNode01

Check if you have enabled IBM Websphere Application Server to use Java 7

Check the file SystemOutlog in folder CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServerprofilesAppSrv01logsserver1

Scroll down to the final log start point

ldquo Start Display Current Environment

WebSphere [IBMJAVA7 7041 gm131803]Platform 8559 [BASE 8559 cf09160805]

running with process name hellip server1 and process id 4780

Host Operating System is Windows Server 2012 version 62

Java version = 170 Java Runtime Version = pwa6470sr4fp1ifx-20130423_02 (SR4

FP1+IV38579+IV38399+IV40208) Java Compiler = j9jit26 Java VM name = IBM J9 VM

wasinstallroot = CProgram Files (x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer

Repeat step 5 in section 415 Installpaste the sqljdbc4jar file under CProgram Files

(x86)IBMWebSphereAppServer(1)java_17_64jrelibext

417 Starting Returns AuthorizationExe

Prerequisites

You have completed the following steps

Installed Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Installed the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable package

Enabled TCPIP

Installed or updated XA data sources

Prepared Microsoft SQL Server 2012 for XA Transactions

Installed Java SE8 Development Kit and Runtime Environment

Prepared the WebSphere 8559 scripting environment

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 21: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 21

Administrative privileges are required by the installer If necessary use the Run As Administrator command to

elevate your privileges Refer to Microsoft documentation for more information on elevating privileges

Procedure

Start the Returns Authorization exe installer executable and follow the instructions

On the Introduction screen choose Next to continue

On the Destination Folder screen choose your desired install location (or use defaults)

On the same screen enter the desired client name and then choose Next By default this is set to SAP_POS

Check the database settings with your database administrator All of the fields on the Database

Administrative Information screen are mandatory Enter the information and choose Next

Configure the settings for the Returns Authorization Database Note that the password must be a minimum

of 8 alphanumeric characters or the return user will not be created

By default the database name is returndb and the Returns Authorization Database user is return You can

change these defaults if desired

Note

The password must meet the password policy requirements set for the system If the password does not

meet the requirements no user will be created by the Installer

By default a new database will be created or an existing database will be dropped and recreated If you want

to upgrade a previous versionrsquos database deselect this option If Electronic Invoice is deployed new tables

will be inserted into the current database

On the Security Key Container screen enter the desired security key container password for compliance with

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS)

The Ready to Install the Program screen is informational If you are satisfied with your options from the

previous screens then choose Install otherwise to check or modify the options that you chose click Back

WebSphere deployments can take a few minutes and can vary with hardware configurations Wait for the

installation process to be completed

When the installer has finished choose Finish Reboot the system after the installation

After the system reboots confirm that WebSphere starts WebSphere should be preconfigured to run

automatically as a system service

In WebSphere define passwordproviderclassname to use the class provided by the tw-

securityjar If this step is not performed there will be errors in the log files

To define passwordproviderclassname

o In WebSphere choose Launch Admin Console

o Select Servers

o Choose Application Servers

o Choose Server1 (this should be the application server that you installed when Returns Authorization was

deployed)

o Select Java and Process Management

o Choose Process Definition

o Choose Java Virtual Machine

o Select Custom Properties

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 22: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

22

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Installation

o Choose New

o Create Property = passwordproviderclassname

o Set Value = comtriversitysecurityserviceEncryptedPasswordProvider

Reboot the system to enable the changes

Note

If for any reason something should go wrong with the installation a log file named Returns Authorization

Installlog is generated and placed in the Windows TEMP directory It contains information that will

assist SAP Support in determining the cause of the failure

418 Upgrade the Database

See the SAP Returns Authorization Upgrade Guide for details

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 23: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 23

5 Post-Installation

During the upgrade the configuration files from the previous installation are not overwritten They are saved in a

subfolder named backupdate time in the Returns Authorization application installation folder The latest

configuration files that are part of the currently installed software version are placed in a folder in the Returns

Authorization application installation folder in the subfolder named SAMPLE

If the upgrade fails or if you want to preserve the saved files you should rename or move the folders backup and

SAMPLE before you attempt an upgrade again

Process Flow

51 Testing the Installation

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

51 Testing the Installation

Use the following procedures to determine whether the application was installed correctly

511 Logging on to the SAP Returns Authorization Web Application

Procedure

In the address bar of a Web browser enter httphostname9080ExpressReturnsWeb

Note

Use a browser other than the one on the Windows 2012 local server as the server may have restrictions

If hostname fails to launch the SAP Returns Authorization Logon window replace hostname with the IP

address If it works with the IP address contact your network administration

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 24: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

24

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Note

If you have other profiles running the address 9080 can be used If 9080 is not responding try address

9081 Port information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere

Administration console for that profile

In the User Name field enter admin in the Password field enter abcdef1 and then choose Login

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page appears the installation was successful and the application is

connecting to the database

o If the SAP Returns Authorization home page does not appear there may be an issue with the XA

datasource configuration Ensure that you have correctly prepared Microsoft SQL Server for XA

transactions as described in 414 Preparing Microsoft SQL Server for XA Transactions Then try again to

log on to SAP Returns Authorization as described above

52 Configuring Electronic Invoice (Optional)

If the additional component Electronic Invoice will be used enable the SAP shared libraries by following the steps

below

Open IBM WebSphere Console using the password (default is admin)

http[hostname]9060ibmconsole

Note

If you have other profiles running the port 9060 can be used If 9060 is not responding try 9061 Port

information specific to the profile that you are using can be found in the WebSphere Administration

console for that profile

For more information about associating shared libraries with applications or modules see the IBM

support knowledge center at

httpwwwibmcomsupportknowledgecenterSSAW57_855comibmwebspherenddocaetcws_

sharedlib_apphtml

Associating shared libraries for xmlhardener with application EInvoiceEAR

On the Welcome window choose the + sign to expand and then choose Applications rarr Application Types

Right-click on WebSphere enterprise applications

Navigate to Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references

Click on the select box for EInvoiceEAR then choose Reference shared libraries to get to Enterprise

Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references rarr Shared Library Mapping

Select the following from Available and move them to Selected

xmlhardenerapi

xmlhardenercore

xmlhardenerfacade

Choose OK

On the next Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceEAR rarr Shared library references window choose OK one more

time

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 25: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 25

You will see under Messages

Changes have been made to your local configuration You can

Save directly to the master configuration

Save the changes in the above option

Repeat steps1 through 3 above for Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR for each application under

Enterprise Applications rarr EInvoiceWSEAR rarr Shared library references

Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the application EInvoiceWSEAR and modules CustomerMgmtWebService and

EInvoiceMgmtWebService

53 Configuring the Common Data Load

The common data load (CDL) is a separate software component that manages the entire data loading process

from receiving raw data in a nonstandard format to loading into the SAP Returns Authorization application

Note

Few additional changes to the configuration should be required The installer changes important path

names in these files to be consistent with the installation directory chosen during installation

To run the CDL component you must first configure the following files to reflect your system settings

File Description

CDLproperties Defines tasks and specifies how they are executed

clientxml Describes the XML file structure of STIFF files

changes to ltclient-namegtxml after the

installation is complete

pipelinebat Launches the CDL process

setERpropscmd Contains information specific to your installation of

SAP Returns Authorization

54 Setting the Data Storage Encryption Key

To correctly load transaction data into its database SAP Returns Authorization must have a key active on the

Storage channel and you will want to import additional keys as used by your SAP POS systems

The installation program will create a new key but it will not map that key to the Storage channel This allows for

increased flexibility in key management

Procedure

To map a key to the Storage channel and activate that key

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashcreate mapping options

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 26: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

26

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

Run the TWInstall command with the ndashupdate key ndashstatus AC options on the key just mapped

For more information about the TWInstall commands and how to run them see the SAP Returns Authorization

Security Guide

55 Installing SAP Diagnostics Agent

Use

The SAP Solution Manager Diagnostics (SMD) Agent and SAP Host Agent are used as part of the end-to-end root

cause analysis and monitoring solution The SAP SMD agent also called a diagnostics agent is the remote

component of the end-to-end root cause analysis It allows a connection between SAP Solution Manager the

managing application and SAP POS the managed application Information is gathered from SAP POS and

reported to SAP Solution Manager

For more information about root cause analysis see the various documents available on the End-to-End Root

Cause Analysis page on the SAP Service Marketplace at

httpswikiscnsapcomwikidisplayTechOpsRCA_Home (logon may be required)

551 SAP Notes

Review the following notes before planning the installation of the Diagnostics Agents in your systems

SAP Note Title

1365123 Installation of Diagnostics Agents

1858920 Diagnostics Agent installation with SWPM

552 Installing SAP SMD Agents

For the installation of the SAP SMD Agents SAP recommends to use the latest support pack of the SL Toolset 10

(SAP Software Logistics Toolset) You can find the relevant information and guides under

httphelpsapcomsltoolset The Diagnostic Agent installation is covered in the System Provisioning area

553 Installing SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server

Follow the instructions in SAP Note 1482727 ndash SAP SLD Data Supplier for IBM WebSphere Application Server to

install the SAP SLD Data Supplier

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 27: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 27

56 Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

561 Backup returndb (Optional)

Backup the SAP Return Authorization database data the default name is returndb

562 Export Existing Encryption Keys (Optional)

Procedure

Export the encryption key from the current security container to a key file

In the command prompt execute the following

java -Dkeystoragepath=ltRA-HOMEgtlib

-classpath ltRA-HOMEgtlibtw-securityjar

comtriversitysecurityserviceTWInstall -appname RA -export

key -all -filename oldkeyfiletxt

where

oldkeyfiletxt is the file produced by the exported encryption key or keys

When prompted enter the existing container password

When prompted specify a file access password You need this to access the file when importing the keys

back

Keep the key file in a temporary folder for later use

563 Start the Uninstaller

Procedure

To uninstall SAP Returns Authorization

On the desktop choose Start rarr Control Panel rarr Add or Remove Programs

Choose Returns Authorization

Click ChangeRemove

Restart the computer once the process finishes

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 28: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

28

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Post-Installation

5631 Troubleshooting While Uninstalling SAP Returns Authorization

There are some instances where an uninstallation of Returns Authorization is incomplete

Refer to SAP note 1756277 - Incomplete uninstallation of Returns Authorization for the steps required to remove

Returns Authorization

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 29: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Additional Information

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 29

6 Additional Information

For more information see the SAP Returns Authorization Security Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 30: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

30

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

7 Appendix

71 Legal Software Terms

Terms for Included Open Source Software

This document contains information respecting free and open-source software (collectively ldquoFOSSrdquo) included in

or provided with the product (ldquoProductrdquo) that this document accompanies Any terms conditions and

restrictions governing the use or distribution of FOSS that are offered or imposed by SAP and are not contained

within the FOSS license(s) governing the use and distribution of the FOSS are offered and imposed by SAP alone

The authors licensors and distributors of the FOSS have disclaimed all warranties relating to any liability arising

from the use and distribution of the FOSS

While SAP has sought to provide a complete and accurate listing of the FOSS components included in or provided

with the Product SAP does not represent or warrant that the listing of FOSS components and associated notices

and licensing information provided herein are complete or error-free Recipients of the Product should investigate

the listed FOSS components to confirm the accuracy of the notices and licensing information provided herein

Recipients are encouraged to notify SAP of any inaccurate information or errors found in this document

If you have any questions or concerns please contact SAP by email at opensourcesapcom or via mail at Dietmar

Hopp Allee 16 69190 Walldorf Germany Attn Global Legal

Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributorsWebsite developermozillaorgen-

USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkeyLicense Mozilla Public License version 20

Component Mozilla SpiderMonkey

Licensor Mozilla Developer Network and individual contributors

Website httpsdevelopermozillaorgen-USdocsMozillaProjectsSpiderMonkey

License Mozilla Public License version 20

Definitions

1 ldquoContributorrdquo

means each individual or legal entity that creates contributes to the creation of or owns Covered

Software

2 ldquoContributor Versionrdquo

means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular

Contributorrsquos Contribution

3 ldquoContributionrdquo

means Covered Software of a particular Contributor

4 ldquoCovered Softwarerdquo

means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A the

Executable Form of such Source Code Form and Modifications of such Source Code Form in each case

including portions thereof

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 31: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 31

5 ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo

means

1 that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software or

2 that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 11 or earlier of the License

but not also under the terms of a Secondary License

6 ldquoExecutable Formrdquo means any form of the work other than Source Code Form

7 ldquoLarger Workrdquo

means a work that combines Covered Software with other material in a separate file or files that is not

Covered Software

8 ldquoLicenserdquo

means this document

9 ldquoLicensablerdquo

means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant

or subsequently any and all of the rights conveyed by this License

10 ldquoModificationsrdquo

means any of the following

1 any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to deletion from or modification of the

contents of Covered Software or

2 any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software

11 ldquoPatent Claimsrdquo of a Contributor

means any patent claim(s) including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any

patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed but for the grant of the License by the

making using selling offering for sale having made import or transfer of either its Contributions or its

Contributor Version

12 ldquoSecondary Licenserdquo

means either the GNU General Public License Version 20 the GNU Lesser General Public License

Version 21 the GNU Affero General Public License Version 30 or any later versions of those licenses

13 ldquoSource Code Formrdquo

means the form of the work preferred for making modifications

14 ldquoYourdquo (or ldquoYourrdquo)

means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License For legal entities ldquoYourdquo includes

any entity that controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this

definition ldquocontrolrdquo means (a) the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of

such entity whether by contract or otherwise or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50) of the

outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity

License Grants and Conditions

1 Grants

Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide royalty-free non-exclusive license

1 under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to

use reproduce make available modify display perform distribute and otherwise exploit its

Contributions either on an unmodified basis with Modifications or as part of a Larger Work and

2 under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make use sell offer for sale have made import and

otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 32: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

32

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

2 Effective Date

The licenses granted in Section 21 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each

Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution

3 Limitations on Grant Scope

The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this License No additional rights

or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License

Notwithstanding Section 21(b) above no patent license is granted by a Contributor

1 for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software or

2 for infringements caused by (i) Your and any other third partyrsquos modifications of Covered Software

or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor

Version) or

3 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions

This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks service marks or logos of any Contributor

(except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section 34)

4 Subsequent Licenses

No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software

under a subsequent version of this License (see Section 102) or under the terms of a Secondary License

(if permitted under the terms of Section 33)

5 Representation

Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or

it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License

6 Fair Use

This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use

fair dealing or other equivalents

7 Conditions

Sections 31 32 33 and 34 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section 21

Responsibilities

1 Distribution of Source Form

All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form including any Modifications that You create or

to which You contribute must be under the terms of this License You must inform recipients that the

Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License and how they can

obtain a copy of this License You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipientsrsquo rights in the Source

Code Form

2 Distribution of Executable Form

If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then

1 such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form as described in Section 31

and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source

Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner at a charge no more than the cost of distribution

to the recipient and

2 You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License or sublicense it under

different terms provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the

recipientsrsquo rights in the Source Code Form under this License

3 Distribution of a Larger Work

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 33: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 33

You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice provided that You also comply

with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software If the Larger Work is a combination of

Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses and the Covered Software is

not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses this License permits You to additionally distribute such

Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s) so that the recipient of the Larger Work

may at their option further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or

such Secondary License(s)

4 Notices

You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices patent

notices disclaimers of warranty or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the

Covered Software except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known

factual inaccuracies

5 Application of Additional Terms

You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to

one or more recipients of Covered Software However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on

behalf of any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty support indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any

liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You

offer You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any

jurisdiction

Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the

Covered Software due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must (a) comply with the terms of this

License to the maximum extent possible and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect Such

description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this

License Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently

detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it

Termination

1 The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its

terms However if You become compliant then the rights granted under this License from a particular

Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally

terminates Your grants and (b) on an ongoing basis if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-

compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance

Moreover Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such

Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means this is the first time You have

received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor and You become compliant

prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice

2 If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory

judgment actions counter-claims and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered

Software under Section 21 of this License shall terminate

3 In the event of termination under Sections 51 or 52 above all end user license agreements (excluding

distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License

prior to termination shall survive termination

Disclaimer of Warranty

Covered Software is provided under this License on an ldquoas isrdquo basis without warranty of any kind either

expressed implied or statutory including without limitation warranties that the Covered Software is free of

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 34: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

34

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

defects merchantable fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing The entire risk as to the quality and

performance of the Covered Software is with You Should any Covered Software prove defective in any

respect You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing repair or correction This

disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License No use of any Covered Software is

authorized under this License except under this disclaimer

Limitation of Liability

Under no circumstances and under no legal theory whether tort (including negligence) contract or

otherwise shall any Contributor or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above be liable to

You for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character including without

limitation damages for lost profits loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any

and all other commercial damages or losses even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of

such damages This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from

such partyrsquos negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation Some jurisdictions do not allow

the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so this exclusion and limitation may not

apply to You

Litigation

Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant

maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction

without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions Nothing in this Section shall prevent a partyrsquos ability to

bring cross-claims or counter-claims

Miscellaneous

This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof If any provision of this

License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it

enforceable Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against

the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor

Versions of the License

1 New Versions

Mozilla Foundation is the license steward Except as provided in Section 103 no one other than the

license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License Each version will be given a

distinguishing version number

2 Effect of New Versions

You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You

originally received the Covered Software or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the

license steward

3 Modified Versions

If you create software not governed by this License and you want to create a new license for such

software you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove

any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from

this License)

4 Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the

terms of this version of the License the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached

Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License v 20 If a copy of the MPL

was not distributed with this file You can obtain one at httpmozillaorgMPL20

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 35: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 35

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file then You may include the notice in a

location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a

notice

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership

Exhibit B - ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo Notice

This Source Code Form is ldquoIncompatible With Secondary Licensesrdquo as defined by the Mozilla Public

License v 20

Component zlib

Licensor Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

Website httpwwwzlibnet

License Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

zlibh -- interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version 128 April 28th 2013

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided as-is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held

liable for any damages arising from the use of this software

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to

alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions

The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original

software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be

appreciated but is not required

Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the

original software

This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution

Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler

jloupgziporg madleralumnicaltechedu

Component STLPort

Licensor Boris Fomitchev

WebSite httpwwwstlportorg

License Agreement

Boris Fomitchev grants Licensee a non-exclusive non-transferable royalty-free license to use STLportand its

documentation without fee

By downloading using or copying STLport or any portion thereof Licensee agrees to abide by the intellectual

property laws and all other applicable laws of the United States of America and to all of the terms and conditions

of this Agreement

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 36: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

36

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

Licensee shall maintain the following copyright and permission notices on STLport sources and its

documentation unchanged

Copyright 19992000 Boris Fomitchev

This material is provided as is with absolutely no warranty expressed or implied Any use is at your own risk

Permission to use or copy this software for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided the above notices

are retained on all copies Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted provided the

above notices are retained and a notice that the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice

The Licensee may distribute binaries compiled with STLport (whether original or modified) without any royalties

or restrictions

The Licensee may distribute original or modified STLport sources provided that

The conditions indicated in the above permission notice are met

The following copyright notices are retained when present and conditions provided in accompanying

permission notices are met

Copyright 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright 199697 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc

Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Hewlett-Packard Company makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Silicon Graphics makes no

representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or

implied warranty

Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby

granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Moscow Center for SPARC

Technology makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is

without express or implied warranty

Flexler 118

Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California

All rights reserved

This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kent Williams and Tom Epperly

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that (1) source distributions retain this

entire copyright notice and comment and (2) distributions including binaries display the following

acknowledgement ``This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its

contributors in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution and in all advertising

materials mentioning features or use of this software Neither the name of the University nor the names of its

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 37: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

SAP Returns Authorization 27 Installation Guide

Appendix

CUSTOMER

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved 37

WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices

Page 38: SAP Returns Authorization 2.7 Installation Guide

wwwsapcomcontactsap

copy 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any

form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE

or an SAP affiliate company

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well

as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other

countries All other product and service names mentioned are the

trademarks of their respective companies Please see

httpwwwsapcomcorporate-

enlegalcopyrightindexepxtrademark for additional trademark

information and notices